Sony PCV-L630 - Vaio Slimtop Computer Скачать руководство пользователя страница 655 | Manualshive

Страница: 655 / 1055

background image

Adjusts the volume of the headphones connected to the PHONES connector. Users should note that this
does not control the volume of the integrated LCD speakers.

13

PC CARD slot

A PC Card (also called a PCMCIA card) can be installed in this slot. PC cards enable you to add
functionality to your system.

14

MEMORY STICK

media slot

Insert a Sony

Memory Stick

®

card into this slot. See

Using the Memory Stick

®

Media

for details on

using

Memory Stick

media.

15

i.LINK (4-pin)

Connects a digital device such as a Sony Digital Handycam

®

Camcorder.

16

USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

* See

Using a Headphone or Microphone

for important information about connecting a microphone and

headphone.

Rear Panel

1

AC INPUT connector

Connects the supplied power cord.

2

LINE jack

Connects a phone cable to the wall jack.

3

EMPTY PCI SLOT (FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS)

For a PCI Add-On Card (not supplied).

4

TELEPHONE jack

Connects the phone to the computer.

5

PRINTER connector

Connects a parallel device, such as a printer or scanner.

6

SERIAL connector

Connects a serial device, such as a digital still camera.

7

MONITOR connector

Connects a standard CRT display.

8

USB (Universal Serial Bus) connector

Connects a USB device.

9

LINE IN connector

Connects an audio device.

10

LINE OUT connector

Connects an audio device or an active speaker.

11

i.LINK (6-pin)

Connects a digital device such as a Sony Digital Handycam

®

Camcorder.

12

LCD MONITOR connector

Connects the LCD that comes with the VAIO Slimtop LCD computer.

Note: Do not connect any display to this connector other than the LCD that is supplied with this system.

13

KEYBOARD connector

Page 655

«
...
653
654
655
656
657
...
»

Содержание PCV-L630 - Vaio Slimtop Computer

Страница 1: ...ration K56flex is a trademark of Lucent Technologies Inc and Rockwell International All other trademarks are trademarks of their respective owners For questions regarding your product or for the Sony Service Center nearest you call 1 888 476 6972 The number below is for FCC related matters only Regulatory Information Declaration of Conformity Trade Name SONY Model No PCV L630 Responsible Party Son...

Страница 2: ... When the Application Recovery menu appears follow the on screen instructions to complete the recovery process Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs If you have two Application Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program You may be prompted to insert the second CD depending on the application you wish to restore Q How do I change the parallel port...

Страница 3: ...the Windows volume control If you are using headphones adjust the volume control on the front of the system Q How do I turn off my Information LED after I have read my e mail A To turn off the Information LED click the icon in the Windows task tray Q Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD A When you insert a music CD the Sony Media Bar application...

Страница 4: ...rnet account and e mail software step by step Refer to the information provided by your ISP or your e mail software for more information Once you have set up your Internet account and Outlook you can use the AutoAlert E mail Notification System and internal timer features For more information see Internal Timer and AutoAlert E mail Notification System in the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide Us...

Страница 5: ...stions Adobe Systems Incorporated 206 628 5737 M F 6 AM 5 PM Pacific Time America Online 800 827 3338 7 days a week 6 AM 2 PM Eastern Time AT T 800 400 1447 7 days a week 24 hours a day CompuServe Interactive Services 800 848 8990 M F 8 AM 1 AM Eastern Time S S 10 AM 10 PM Eastern Time EarthLink Network Inc 800 395 8410 7 days a week 24 hours a day GTE Internet 800 927 3000 7 days a week 24 hours ...

Страница 6: ... When the Application Recovery menu appears follow the on screen instructions to complete the recovery process Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs If you have two Application Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program You may be prompted to insert the second CD depending on the application you wish to restore Q How do I change the parallel port...

Страница 7: ...the Windows volume control If you are using headphones adjust the volume control on the front of the system Q How do I turn off my Information LED after I have read my e mail A To turn off the Information LED click the icon in the Windows task tray Q Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD A When you insert a music CD the Sony Media Bar application...

Страница 8: ...rnet account and e mail software step by step Refer to the information provided by your ISP or your e mail software for more information Once you have set up your Internet account and Outlook you can use the AutoAlert E mail Notification System and internal timer features For more information see Internal Timer and AutoAlert E mail Notification System in the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide Us...

Страница 9: ...stions Adobe Systems Incorporated 206 628 5737 M F 6 AM 5 PM Pacific Time America Online 800 827 3338 7 days a week 6 AM 2 PM Eastern Time AT T 800 400 1447 7 days a week 24 hours a day CompuServe Interactive Services 800 848 8990 M F 8 AM 1 AM Eastern Time S S 10 AM 10 PM Eastern Time EarthLink Network Inc 800 395 8410 7 days a week 24 hours a day GTE Internet 800 927 3000 7 days a week 24 hours ...

Страница 10: ... When the Application Recovery menu appears follow the on screen instructions to complete the recovery process Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs If you have two Application Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program You may be prompted to insert the second CD depending on the application you wish to restore Q How do I change the parallel port...

Страница 11: ...he Windows volume control If you are using headphones adjust the volume control on the front of the system Q How do I turn off my Information LED after I have read my e mail A To turn off the Information LED click the icon in the Windows task tray Q Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD A When you insert a music CD the Sony Media Bar application ...

Страница 12: ...net account and e mail software step by step Refer to the information provided by your ISP or your e mail software for more information Once you have set up your Internet account and Outlook you can use the AutoAlert E mail Notification System and internal timer features For more information see Internal Timer and AutoAlert E mail Notification System in the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide Usi...

Страница 13: ...tions Adobe Systems Incorporated 206 628 5737 M F 6 AM 5 PM Pacific Time America Online 800 827 3338 7 days a week 6 AM 2 PM Eastern Time AT T 800 400 1447 7 days a week 24 hours a day CompuServe Interactive Services 800 848 8990 M F 8 AM 1 AM Eastern Time S S 10 AM 10 PM Eastern Time EarthLink Network Inc 800 395 8410 7 days a week 24 hours a day GTE Internet 800 927 3000 7 days a week 24 hours a...

Страница 14: ... When the Application Recovery menu appears follow the on screen instructions to complete the recovery process Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs If you have two Application Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program You may be prompted to insert the second CD depending on the application you wish to restore Q How do I change the parallel port...

Страница 15: ...he Windows volume control If you are using headphones adjust the volume control on the front of the system Q How do I turn off my Information LED after I have read my e mail A To turn off the Information LED click the icon in the Windows task tray Q Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD A When you insert a music CD the Sony Media Bar application ...

Страница 16: ...net account and e mail software step by step Refer to the information provided by your ISP or your e mail software for more information Once you have set up your Internet account and Outlook you can use the AutoAlert E mail Notification System and internal timer features For more information see Internal Timer and AutoAlert E mail Notification System in the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide Usi...

Страница 17: ...tions Adobe Systems Incorporated 206 628 5737 M F 6 AM 5 PM Pacific Time America Online 800 827 3338 7 days a week 6 AM 2 PM Eastern Time AT T 800 400 1447 7 days a week 24 hours a day CompuServe Interactive Services 800 848 8990 M F 8 AM 1 AM Eastern Time S S 10 AM 10 PM Eastern Time EarthLink Network Inc 800 395 8410 7 days a week 24 hours a day GTE Internet 800 927 3000 7 days a week 24 hours a...

Страница 18: ... When the Application Recovery menu appears follow the on screen instructions to complete the recovery process Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs If you have two Application Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program You may be prompted to insert the second CD depending on the application you wish to restore Q How do I change the parallel port...

Страница 19: ...he Windows volume control If you are using headphones adjust the volume control on the front of the system Q How do I turn off my Information LED after I have read my e mail A To turn off the Information LED click the icon in the Windows task tray Q Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD A When you insert a music CD the Sony Media Bar application ...

Страница 20: ...net account and e mail software step by step Refer to the information provided by your ISP or your e mail software for more information Once you have set up your Internet account and Outlook you can use the AutoAlert E mail Notification System and internal timer features For more information see Internal Timer and AutoAlert E mail Notification System in the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide Usi...

Страница 21: ...tions Adobe Systems Incorporated 206 628 5737 M F 6 AM 5 PM Pacific Time America Online 800 827 3338 7 days a week 6 AM 2 PM Eastern Time AT T 800 400 1447 7 days a week 24 hours a day CompuServe Interactive Services 800 848 8990 M F 8 AM 1 AM Eastern Time S S 10 AM 10 PM Eastern Time EarthLink Network Inc 800 395 8410 7 days a week 24 hours a day GTE Internet 800 927 3000 7 days a week 24 hours a...

Страница 22: ... When the Application Recovery menu appears follow the on screen instructions to complete the recovery process Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs If you have two Application Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program You may be prompted to insert the second CD depending on the application you wish to restore Q How do I change the parallel port...

Страница 23: ...he Windows volume control If you are using headphones adjust the volume control on the front of the system Q How do I turn off my Information LED after I have read my e mail A To turn off the Information LED click the icon in the Windows task tray Q Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD A When you insert a music CD the Sony Media Bar application ...

Страница 24: ...net account and e mail software step by step Refer to the information provided by your ISP or your e mail software for more information Once you have set up your Internet account and Outlook you can use the AutoAlert E mail Notification System and internal timer features For more information see Internal Timer and AutoAlert E mail Notification System in the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide Usi...

Страница 25: ...tions Adobe Systems Incorporated 206 628 5737 M F 6 AM 5 PM Pacific Time America Online 800 827 3338 7 days a week 6 AM 2 PM Eastern Time AT T 800 400 1447 7 days a week 24 hours a day CompuServe Interactive Services 800 848 8990 M F 8 AM 1 AM Eastern Time S S 10 AM 10 PM Eastern Time EarthLink Network Inc 800 395 8410 7 days a week 24 hours a day GTE Internet 800 927 3000 7 days a week 24 hours a...

Страница 26: ... When the Application Recovery menu appears follow the on screen instructions to complete the recovery process Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs If you have two Application Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program You may be prompted to insert the second CD depending on the application you wish to restore Q How do I change the parallel port...

Страница 27: ...he Windows volume control If you are using headphones adjust the volume control on the front of the system Q How do I turn off my Information LED after I have read my e mail A To turn off the Information LED click the icon in the Windows task tray Q Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD A When you insert a music CD the Sony Media Bar application ...

Страница 28: ...net account and e mail software step by step Refer to the information provided by your ISP or your e mail software for more information Once you have set up your Internet account and Outlook you can use the AutoAlert E mail Notification System and internal timer features For more information see Internal Timer and AutoAlert E mail Notification System in the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide Usi...

Страница 29: ...tions Adobe Systems Incorporated 206 628 5737 M F 6 AM 5 PM Pacific Time America Online 800 827 3338 7 days a week 6 AM 2 PM Eastern Time AT T 800 400 1447 7 days a week 24 hours a day CompuServe Interactive Services 800 848 8990 M F 8 AM 1 AM Eastern Time S S 10 AM 10 PM Eastern Time EarthLink Network Inc 800 395 8410 7 days a week 24 hours a day GTE Internet 800 927 3000 7 days a week 24 hours a...

Страница 30: ... When the Application Recovery menu appears follow the on screen instructions to complete the recovery process Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs If you have two Application Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program You may be prompted to insert the second CD depending on the application you wish to restore Q How do I change the parallel port...

Страница 31: ...he Windows volume control If you are using headphones adjust the volume control on the front of the system Q How do I turn off my Information LED after I have read my e mail A To turn off the Information LED click the icon in the Windows task tray Q Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD A When you insert a music CD the Sony Media Bar application ...

Страница 32: ...net account and e mail software step by step Refer to the information provided by your ISP or your e mail software for more information Once you have set up your Internet account and Outlook you can use the AutoAlert E mail Notification System and internal timer features For more information see Internal Timer and AutoAlert E mail Notification System in the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide Usi...

Страница 33: ...tions Adobe Systems Incorporated 206 628 5737 M F 6 AM 5 PM Pacific Time America Online 800 827 3338 7 days a week 6 AM 2 PM Eastern Time AT T 800 400 1447 7 days a week 24 hours a day CompuServe Interactive Services 800 848 8990 M F 8 AM 1 AM Eastern Time S S 10 AM 10 PM Eastern Time EarthLink Network Inc 800 395 8410 7 days a week 24 hours a day GTE Internet 800 927 3000 7 days a week 24 hours a...

Страница 34: ... When the Application Recovery menu appears follow the on screen instructions to complete the recovery process Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs If you have two Application Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program You may be prompted to insert the second CD depending on the application you wish to restore Q How do I change the parallel port...

Страница 35: ...he Windows volume control If you are using headphones adjust the volume control on the front of the system Q How do I turn off my Information LED after I have read my e mail A To turn off the Information LED click the icon in the Windows task tray Q Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD A When you insert a music CD the Sony Media Bar application ...

Страница 36: ...net account and e mail software step by step Refer to the information provided by your ISP or your e mail software for more information Once you have set up your Internet account and Outlook you can use the AutoAlert E mail Notification System and internal timer features For more information see Internal Timer and AutoAlert E mail Notification System in the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide Usi...

Страница 37: ...tions Adobe Systems Incorporated 206 628 5737 M F 6 AM 5 PM Pacific Time America Online 800 827 3338 7 days a week 6 AM 2 PM Eastern Time AT T 800 400 1447 7 days a week 24 hours a day CompuServe Interactive Services 800 848 8990 M F 8 AM 1 AM Eastern Time S S 10 AM 10 PM Eastern Time EarthLink Network Inc 800 395 8410 7 days a week 24 hours a day GTE Internet 800 927 3000 7 days a week 24 hours a...

Страница 38: ... When the Application Recovery menu appears follow the on screen instructions to complete the recovery process Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs If you have two Application Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program You may be prompted to insert the second CD depending on the application you wish to restore Q How do I change the parallel port...

Страница 39: ...he Windows volume control If you are using headphones adjust the volume control on the front of the system Q How do I turn off my Information LED after I have read my e mail A To turn off the Information LED click the icon in the Windows task tray Q Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD A When you insert a music CD the Sony Media Bar application ...

Страница 40: ...net account and e mail software step by step Refer to the information provided by your ISP or your e mail software for more information Once you have set up your Internet account and Outlook you can use the AutoAlert E mail Notification System and internal timer features For more information see Internal Timer and AutoAlert E mail Notification System in the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide Usi...

Страница 41: ...tions Adobe Systems Incorporated 206 628 5737 M F 6 AM 5 PM Pacific Time America Online 800 827 3338 7 days a week 6 AM 2 PM Eastern Time AT T 800 400 1447 7 days a week 24 hours a day CompuServe Interactive Services 800 848 8990 M F 8 AM 1 AM Eastern Time S S 10 AM 10 PM Eastern Time EarthLink Network Inc 800 395 8410 7 days a week 24 hours a day GTE Internet 800 927 3000 7 days a week 24 hours a...

Страница 42: ... When the Application Recovery menu appears follow the on screen instructions to complete the recovery process Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs If you have two Application Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program You may be prompted to insert the second CD depending on the application you wish to restore Q How do I change the parallel port...

Страница 43: ...he Windows volume control If you are using headphones adjust the volume control on the front of the system Q How do I turn off my Information LED after I have read my e mail A To turn off the Information LED click the icon in the Windows task tray Q Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD A When you insert a music CD the Sony Media Bar application ...

Страница 44: ...net account and e mail software step by step Refer to the information provided by your ISP or your e mail software for more information Once you have set up your Internet account and Outlook you can use the AutoAlert E mail Notification System and internal timer features For more information see Internal Timer and AutoAlert E mail Notification System in the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide Usi...

Страница 45: ...tions Adobe Systems Incorporated 206 628 5737 M F 6 AM 5 PM Pacific Time America Online 800 827 3338 7 days a week 6 AM 2 PM Eastern Time AT T 800 400 1447 7 days a week 24 hours a day CompuServe Interactive Services 800 848 8990 M F 8 AM 1 AM Eastern Time S S 10 AM 10 PM Eastern Time EarthLink Network Inc 800 395 8410 7 days a week 24 hours a day GTE Internet 800 927 3000 7 days a week 24 hours a...

Страница 46: ... When the Application Recovery menu appears follow the on screen instructions to complete the recovery process Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs If you have two Application Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program You may be prompted to insert the second CD depending on the application you wish to restore Q How do I change the parallel port...

Страница 47: ...he Windows volume control If you are using headphones adjust the volume control on the front of the system Q How do I turn off my Information LED after I have read my e mail A To turn off the Information LED click the icon in the Windows task tray Q Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD A When you insert a music CD the Sony Media Bar application ...

Страница 48: ...net account and e mail software step by step Refer to the information provided by your ISP or your e mail software for more information Once you have set up your Internet account and Outlook you can use the AutoAlert E mail Notification System and internal timer features For more information see Internal Timer and AutoAlert E mail Notification System in the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide Usi...

Страница 49: ...tions Adobe Systems Incorporated 206 628 5737 M F 6 AM 5 PM Pacific Time America Online 800 827 3338 7 days a week 6 AM 2 PM Eastern Time AT T 800 400 1447 7 days a week 24 hours a day CompuServe Interactive Services 800 848 8990 M F 8 AM 1 AM Eastern Time S S 10 AM 10 PM Eastern Time EarthLink Network Inc 800 395 8410 7 days a week 24 hours a day GTE Internet 800 927 3000 7 days a week 24 hours a...

Страница 50: ... When the Application Recovery menu appears follow the on screen instructions to complete the recovery process Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs If you have two Application Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program You may be prompted to insert the second CD depending on the application you wish to restore Q How do I change the parallel port...

Страница 51: ...he Windows volume control If you are using headphones adjust the volume control on the front of the system Q How do I turn off my Information LED after I have read my e mail A To turn off the Information LED click the icon in the Windows task tray Q Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD A When you insert a music CD the Sony Media Bar application ...

Страница 52: ...net account and e mail software step by step Refer to the information provided by your ISP or your e mail software for more information Once you have set up your Internet account and Outlook you can use the AutoAlert E mail Notification System and internal timer features For more information see Internal Timer and AutoAlert E mail Notification System in the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide Usi...

Страница 53: ...tions Adobe Systems Incorporated 206 628 5737 M F 6 AM 5 PM Pacific Time America Online 800 827 3338 7 days a week 6 AM 2 PM Eastern Time AT T 800 400 1447 7 days a week 24 hours a day CompuServe Interactive Services 800 848 8990 M F 8 AM 1 AM Eastern Time S S 10 AM 10 PM Eastern Time EarthLink Network Inc 800 395 8410 7 days a week 24 hours a day GTE Internet 800 927 3000 7 days a week 24 hours a...

Страница 54: ... When the Application Recovery menu appears follow the on screen instructions to complete the recovery process Your system may include one or two Application Recovery CDs If you have two Application Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the Application Recovery program You may be prompted to insert the second CD depending on the application you wish to restore Q How do I change the parallel port...

Страница 55: ...he Windows volume control If you are using headphones adjust the volume control on the front of the system Q How do I turn off my Information LED after I have read my e mail A To turn off the Information LED click the icon in the Windows task tray Q Why is the Play button in my Microsoft CD Player grayed out when I try to play a music CD A When you insert a music CD the Sony Media Bar application ...

Страница 56: ...net account and e mail software step by step Refer to the information provided by your ISP or your e mail software for more information Once you have set up your Internet account and Outlook you can use the AutoAlert E mail Notification System and internal timer features For more information see Internal Timer and AutoAlert E mail Notification System in the VAIO Slimtop LCD Computer User Guide Usi...

Страница 57: ...tions Adobe Systems Incorporated 206 628 5737 M F 6 AM 5 PM Pacific Time America Online 800 827 3338 7 days a week 6 AM 2 PM Eastern Time AT T 800 400 1447 7 days a week 24 hours a day CompuServe Interactive Services 800 848 8990 M F 8 AM 1 AM Eastern Time S S 10 AM 10 PM Eastern Time EarthLink Network Inc 800 395 8410 7 days a week 24 hours a day GTE Internet 800 927 3000 7 days a week 24 hours a...

Страница 58: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 59: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 60: ...t button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data...

Страница 61: ...nnector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR...

Страница 62: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 63: ...t the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved ...

Страница 64: ...he computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration ...

Страница 65: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 66: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 67: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 68: ...card into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card ico...

Страница 69: ...Power schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press t...

Страница 70: ...ss and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If y...

Страница 71: ...one or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device...

Страница 72: ...Internet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to th...

Страница 73: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 74: ... Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to res...

Страница 75: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 76: ... When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is...

Страница 77: ...setting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The oth...

Страница 78: ...ut Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration L...

Страница 79: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 80: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 81: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 82: ...t button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data...

Страница 83: ...nnector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR...

Страница 84: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 85: ...t the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved ...

Страница 86: ...he computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration ...

Страница 87: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 88: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 89: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 90: ...card into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card ico...

Страница 91: ...Power schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press t...

Страница 92: ...ss and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If y...

Страница 93: ...one or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device...

Страница 94: ...Internet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to th...

Страница 95: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 96: ... Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to res...

Страница 97: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 98: ... When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is...

Страница 99: ...setting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The oth...

Страница 100: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 101: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 102: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 103: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 104: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 105: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 106: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 107: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 108: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 109: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 110: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 111: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 112: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 113: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 114: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 115: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 116: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 117: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 118: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 119: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 120: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 121: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 122: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 123: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 124: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 125: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 126: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 127: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 128: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 129: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 130: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 131: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 132: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 133: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 134: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 135: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 136: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 137: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 138: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 139: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 140: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 141: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 142: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 143: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 144: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 145: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 146: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 147: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 148: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 149: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 150: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 151: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 152: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 153: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 154: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 155: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 156: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 157: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 158: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 159: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 160: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 161: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 162: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 163: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 164: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 165: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 166: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 167: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 168: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 169: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 170: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 171: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 172: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 173: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 174: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 175: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 176: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 177: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 178: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 179: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 180: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 181: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 182: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 183: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 184: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 185: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 186: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 187: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 188: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 189: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 190: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 191: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 192: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 193: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 194: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 195: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 196: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 197: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 198: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 199: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 200: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 201: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 202: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 203: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 204: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 205: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 206: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 207: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 208: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 209: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 210: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 211: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 212: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 213: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 214: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 215: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 216: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 217: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 218: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 219: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 220: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 221: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 222: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 223: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 224: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 225: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 226: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 227: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 228: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 229: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 230: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 231: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 232: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 233: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 234: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 235: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 236: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 237: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 238: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 239: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 240: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 241: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 242: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 243: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 244: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 245: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 246: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 247: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 248: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 249: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 250: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 251: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 252: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 253: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 254: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 255: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 256: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 257: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 258: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 259: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 260: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 261: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 262: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 263: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 264: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 265: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 266: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 267: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 268: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 269: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 270: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 271: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 272: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 273: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 274: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 275: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 276: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 277: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 278: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 279: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 280: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 281: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 282: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 283: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 284: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 285: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 286: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 287: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 288: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 289: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 290: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 291: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 292: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 293: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 294: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 295: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 296: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 297: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 298: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 299: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 300: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 301: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 302: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 303: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 304: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 305: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 306: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 307: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 308: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 309: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 310: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 311: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 312: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 313: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 314: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 315: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 316: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 317: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 318: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 319: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 320: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 321: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 322: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 323: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 324: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 325: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 326: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 327: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 328: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 329: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 330: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 331: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 332: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 333: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 334: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 335: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 336: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 337: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 338: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 339: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 340: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 341: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 342: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 343: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 344: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 345: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 346: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 347: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 348: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 349: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 350: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 351: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 352: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 353: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 354: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 355: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 356: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 357: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 358: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 359: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 360: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 361: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 362: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 363: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 364: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 365: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 366: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 367: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 368: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 369: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 370: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 371: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 372: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 373: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 374: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 375: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 376: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 377: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 378: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 379: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 380: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 381: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 382: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 383: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 384: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 385: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 386: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 387: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 388: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 389: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 390: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 391: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 392: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 393: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 394: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 395: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 396: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 397: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 398: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 399: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 400: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 401: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 402: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 403: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 404: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 405: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 406: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 407: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 408: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 409: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 410: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 411: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 412: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 413: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 414: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 415: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 416: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 417: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 418: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 419: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 420: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 421: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 422: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 423: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 424: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 425: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 426: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 427: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 428: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 429: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 430: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 431: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 432: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 433: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 434: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 435: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 436: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 437: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 438: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 439: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 440: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 441: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 442: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 443: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 444: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 445: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 446: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 447: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 448: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 449: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 450: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 451: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 452: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 453: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 454: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 455: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 456: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 457: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 458: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 459: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 460: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 461: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 462: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 463: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 464: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 465: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 466: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 467: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 468: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 469: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 470: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 471: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 472: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 473: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 474: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 475: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 476: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 477: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 478: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 479: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 480: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 481: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 482: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 483: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 484: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 485: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 486: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 487: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 488: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 489: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 490: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 491: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 492: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 493: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 494: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 495: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 496: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 497: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 498: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 499: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 500: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 501: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 502: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 503: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 504: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 505: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 506: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 507: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 508: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 509: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 510: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 511: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 512: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 513: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 514: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 515: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 516: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 517: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 518: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 519: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 520: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 521: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 522: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 523: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 524: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 525: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 526: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 527: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 528: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 529: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 530: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 531: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 532: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 533: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 534: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 535: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 536: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 537: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 538: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 539: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 540: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 541: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 542: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 543: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 544: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 545: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 546: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 547: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 548: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 549: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 550: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 551: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 552: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 553: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 554: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 555: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 556: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 557: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 558: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 559: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 560: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 561: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 562: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 563: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 564: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 565: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 566: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 567: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 568: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 569: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 570: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 571: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 572: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 573: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 574: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 575: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 576: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 577: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 578: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 579: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 580: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 581: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 582: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 583: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 584: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 585: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 586: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 587: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 588: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 589: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 590: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 591: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 592: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 593: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 594: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 595: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 596: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 597: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 598: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 599: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 600: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 601: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 602: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 603: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 604: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 605: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 606: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 607: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 608: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 609: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 610: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 611: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 612: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 613: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 614: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 615: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 616: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 617: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 618: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 619: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 620: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 621: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 622: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 623: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 624: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 625: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 626: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 627: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 628: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 629: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 630: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 631: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 632: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 633: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 634: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 635: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 636: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 637: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 638: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 639: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 640: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 641: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 642: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 643: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 644: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 645: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 646: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 647: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 648: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 649: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 650: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 651: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 652: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 653: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 654: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 655: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 656: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 657: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 658: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 659: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 660: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 661: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 662: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 663: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 664: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 665: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 666: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 667: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 668: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 669: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 670: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 671: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 672: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 673: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 674: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 675: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 676: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 677: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 678: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 679: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 680: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 681: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 682: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 683: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 684: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 685: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 686: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 687: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 688: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 689: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 690: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 691: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 692: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 693: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 694: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 695: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 696: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 697: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 698: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 699: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 700: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 701: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 702: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 703: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 704: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 705: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 706: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 707: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 708: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 709: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 710: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 711: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 712: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 713: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 714: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 715: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 716: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 717: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 718: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 719: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 720: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 721: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 722: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 723: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 724: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 725: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 726: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 727: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 728: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 729: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 730: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 731: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 732: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 733: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 734: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 735: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 736: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 737: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 738: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 739: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 740: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 741: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 742: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 743: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 744: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 745: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 746: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 747: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 748: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 749: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 750: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 751: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 752: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 753: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 754: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 755: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 756: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 757: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 758: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 759: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 760: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 761: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 762: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 763: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 764: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 765: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 766: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 767: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 768: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 769: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 770: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 771: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 772: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 773: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 774: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 775: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 776: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 777: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 778: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 779: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 780: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 781: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 782: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 783: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 784: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 785: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 786: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 787: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 788: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 789: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 790: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 791: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 792: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 793: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 794: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 795: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 796: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 797: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 798: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 799: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 800: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 801: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 802: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 803: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 804: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 805: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 806: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 807: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 808: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 809: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 810: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 811: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 812: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 813: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 814: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 815: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 816: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 817: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 818: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 819: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 820: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 821: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 822: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 823: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 824: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 825: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 826: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 827: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 828: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 829: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 830: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 831: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 832: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 833: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 834: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 835: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 836: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 837: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 838: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 839: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 840: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 841: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 842: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 843: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 844: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 845: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 846: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 847: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 848: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 849: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 850: ...application with the push of a button dual sided mouse connections for left or right hand use Sony Memory Stick media slot The next generation of digital media smaller than a stick of gum Easily delivers information from one Memory Stick equipped electronic device to another so you can transfer images sounds data and text between cameras computers and more Compact components Enjoy the small footpr...

Страница 851: ...resources and your computer s limited warranty statement The Microsoft Windows 98 Second Edition Getting Started manual explains how to use the basic features of the Windows operating system Recovery CDs System Recovery CD s Enables you to reinstall software that shipped with your computer if it is corrupted or accidentally erased For more information see Using the System Recovery CD s Application...

Страница 852: ... button Ejects a DVD ROM CD ROM 6 Manual eject hole If the DVD ROM CD ROM does not come out when you press the DVD ROM CD ROM eject button insert a thin pointed object into this hole to eject the disc manually 7 FD Floppy disk drive access indicator light Lights in green while reading writing data from to a floppy disk 8 Disc DVD ROM drive access indicator light Lights in amber while reading data ...

Страница 853: ...nector Connects the supplied power cord 2 LINE jack Connects a phone cable to the wall jack 3 EMPTY PCI SLOT FILLED WITH ETHERNET CARD ON CUSTOM MODELS For a PCI Add On Card not supplied 4 TELEPHONE jack Connects the phone to the computer 5 PRINTER connector Connects a parallel device such as a printer or scanner 6 SERIAL connector Connects a serial device such as a digital still camera 7 MONITOR ...

Страница 854: ...n click MouseWare Help To set up the mouse for left handed use 1 Click the My Computer icon on your desktop 2 Click Control Panel and then click Mouse The Mouse Properties dialog box appears 3 In the Quick Setup tab click Device Setup 4 In the Device Setup Wizard dialog box click Next 5 Select the radio button next to Left side of the keyboard 6 Click Next three times and then click Finish 7 Click...

Страница 855: ... the viewing angle approximately 27 degrees from eye level to the center of the screen Attaching the Stand to the System Unit The main system unit can be oriented horizontally or vertically If you place the system in a vertical position you must attach the supplied stand to ensure stability 1 Place the system unit on its right side with the front of the system facing forward 2 Insert the grooved s...

Страница 856: ...e computer online registration service 1 Click the registration icon on the VAIO desktop 2 Enter the information requested on the first online registration form Press the tab key to move from box to box 3 Click the Next button to advance to the next form 4 Complete the remaining forms by clicking the Next button each time you complete a form The computer automatically transfers your registration i...

Страница 857: ...r computer to notify you with an Information LED when new mail arrives in your e mail mailbox The Information LED turns red to indicate that new e mail has arrived For this AutoAlert E mail Notification System to work you must use Microsoft Outlook Express as your default e mail software and you must have an Internet Service Provider with dial up capabilities set up As an alternative you can progr...

Страница 858: ...ck Apply The UI Design Selector window design changes The window design for your Sony software will match the UI Design Selector window To try another selection click or Then click OK The UI Design Selector closes and the window design of your Sony software window design displays You may use the feature with UI Design Selector compatible software only Using the Memory Stick Media Your Sony compute...

Страница 859: ...y the number xxxx in the file name 1 Insert the Memory Stick into the media slot 2 Click the My Computer icon on the desktop 3 Click the Removable Disk S icon 4 Create a new folder and name it MSSONY 5 Open the MSSONY folder and create a new folder named MOML0001 6 From the PictureGear File menu point to File Process and then select Still Format Conversion 7 Copy the MPEG file into the MOML0001 fo...

Страница 860: ...ard into the slot carefully See the manual that came with the PC card for details on using it To close the front panel when the eject button is protruding fold the button down onto the computer To eject a PC card If you eject the PC card incorrectly the system may not work correctly 1 Click the Start button on the Windows taskbar click Settings and then click Control Panel 2 Click the PC Card icon...

Страница 861: ...ower schemes drop down list Then choose settings for the power scheme you have selected To save the settings under a name that is not offered in the Power schemes pulldown menu choose your settings and then click Save As Type in a name and click OK Click Apply to finalize your power settings To resume from standby mode There are three ways to bring your computer back from the standby mode press th...

Страница 862: ...s and hold the power switch for four seconds to force your system to power off You may need to repeat this procedure See Locating Controls and Connectors for the power switch s location Using the System Recovery CD s You can reinstall software titles that shipped with your computer if they are corrupted or accidentally erased You may not need to recover the entire contents of your hard drive If yo...

Страница 863: ...ne or two System Recovery CDs If you have two System Recovery CDs insert the first CD to run the System Recovery program You are prompted to insert the second CD once the information from the first CD has been installed The recovery process takes 30 to 60 minutes to complete Using the Application Recovery CD s The Application Recovery CD s allow you to reinstall individual applications and device ...

Страница 864: ...nternet online service Stay in touch with family and friends with Easy to Use E mail manage your personal finances get the latest news and sports scores and chat with thousands of others who share your interests AT T WorldNet Service AT T Fast reliable Internet access from AT T WorldNet Service AT T WorldNet Service provides Web based e mail a personalized start page from Excite easy access to the...

Страница 865: ... a first class file format and extends Word s ease of use to the Web and e mail Word 2000 also extends that ease of use to international users making it easy to create multilingual documents Netscape Communicator Netscape Communications Netscape Communicator is the all in one Internet tool that makes it easy to browse the Web send Internet e mail chat read newsgroups and compose great Web document...

Страница 866: ...Action Setup WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corporation WinFax Basic Edition incorporates an easy to use interface that allows you to send and receive faxes easily Upgrade to WinFax Pro to receive additional features About Your Recovery CDs Application Recovery CD s Sony Electronics The Application Recovery CD program allows you to reinstall individual applications and device drivers Use it to rest...

Страница 867: ... mail support sonicfoundry com hours M F 8 AM 7 PM CT Windows 98 Second Edition Operating System Word 2000 Internet Explorer 5 Outlook Express Microsoft Corporation Web site http www sony com pcsupport phone 888 4SONYPC 888 476 6972 1 hours 7 days a week 24 hours a day 1 Support from 1 888 4SONYPC is free of charge for 90 days after the original date of purchase WinFax Basic Edition Symantec Corpo...

Страница 868: ...When I click an application icon a message such as You must insert the application CD into your CD ROM DVD ROM drive appears and the software does not start Some titles require specific files that are located on the application s DVD ROM CD ROM Insert the disc and try starting the program again Check to make sure you inserted the DVD ROM CD ROM with the label side facing up My modem connection is ...

Страница 869: ...etting for Adjust volume for from Playback to Recording and then click OK 5 Click the Advanced button under Microphone Balance The Advanced Controls for Microphone screen appears 6 Deselect the check box for 1 Mic Gain 20dB then click the Close button 7 Close the Recording Control window My mouse does not work Check that the mouse is plugged into one of the PS 2 connectors on the keyboard The othe...

Страница 870: ...t Keyboard i LINK 6 pin Connection Capabilities Keyboard Mouse PS 2 style left and right connectors Supplied Accessories Stand for vertical installation Power cable Phone cable Keyboard cable PS 2 Wheel Mouse VAIO Smart Convertible Keyboard Spacers for bottom of the system Ferrite core Service 90 day limited express service Extendible to one year from original date of purchase upon registration Li...

Страница 871: ...read at a variable transfer rate ranging from 10 5X at the innermost track to 24X at the outermost track the data transfer standard 1X rate is 150 kbytes s The average data transfer is 18X 2700 kbytes s Maximum speed for faxing is 14 4 kbytes s Your modem is capable of downloading at 56 kbytes s using K56flex technology or V 90 Your phone service online service or Internet Service Provider however...

Страница 872: ...t work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity cellophane wrappers for example Removing the Cover If you remove the cover immediately after you shut down your computer the components may be too hot to touch Wait until the internal parts of the system unit cool down before you attempt to remove the cover 1 Push down on the two projections at the rear o...

Страница 873: ... cover 8 Connect all peripheral devices and AC power and then turn on the computer Adding Memory The computer has two memory slots For memory upgrades use only 3 3V unbuffered 4 clock 64 bit 100 MHz SDRAM DIMM modules To install memory Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer See Notes on Use in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide 1 Shut down you...

Страница 874: ...eplacing the Lithium Battery After several years when the lithium battery starts to weaken the system settings stored in CMOS RAM such as the date and time may be wrong When this occurs you need to replace the lithium battery To replace the lithium battery 1 Write down any changes you have made to the settings in the BIOS Setup utility If you have not made any changes to the BIOS settings proceed ...

Страница 875: ...formation Guide 6 Replace the cover The values stored in the CMOS memory are now reset to the factory default values You must run the Setup utility to reset the date time passwords and other changes you may have made to the BIOS settings If you do not wish to customize your BIOS settings you do not need to run the Setup utility If you simply wish to reset the date and time see Windows Help for ins...

Страница 876: ...t work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity cellophane wrappers for example Removing the Cover If you remove the cover immediately after you shut down your computer the components may be too hot to touch Wait until the internal parts of the system unit cool down before you attempt to remove the cover 1 Push down on the two projections at the rear o...

Страница 877: ... cover 8 Connect all peripheral devices and AC power and then turn on the computer Adding Memory The computer has two memory slots For memory upgrades use only 3 3V unbuffered 4 clock 64 bit 100 MHz SDRAM DIMM modules To install memory Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer See Notes on Use in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide 1 Shut down you...

Страница 878: ...eplacing the Lithium Battery After several years when the lithium battery starts to weaken the system settings stored in CMOS RAM such as the date and time may be wrong When this occurs you need to replace the lithium battery To replace the lithium battery 1 Write down any changes you have made to the settings in the BIOS Setup utility If you have not made any changes to the BIOS settings proceed ...

Страница 879: ...formation Guide 6 Replace the cover The values stored in the CMOS memory are now reset to the factory default values You must run the Setup utility to reset the date time passwords and other changes you may have made to the BIOS settings If you do not wish to customize your BIOS settings you do not need to run the Setup utility If you simply wish to reset the date and time see Windows Help for ins...

Страница 880: ...t work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity cellophane wrappers for example Removing the Cover If you remove the cover immediately after you shut down your computer the components may be too hot to touch Wait until the internal parts of the system unit cool down before you attempt to remove the cover 1 Push down on the two projections at the rear o...

Страница 881: ... cover 8 Connect all peripheral devices and AC power and then turn on the computer Adding Memory The computer has two memory slots For memory upgrades use only 3 3V unbuffered 4 clock 64 bit 100 MHz SDRAM DIMM modules To install memory Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer See Notes on Use in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide 1 Shut down you...

Страница 882: ...eplacing the Lithium Battery After several years when the lithium battery starts to weaken the system settings stored in CMOS RAM such as the date and time may be wrong When this occurs you need to replace the lithium battery To replace the lithium battery 1 Write down any changes you have made to the settings in the BIOS Setup utility If you have not made any changes to the BIOS settings proceed ...

Страница 883: ...formation Guide 6 Replace the cover The values stored in the CMOS memory are now reset to the factory default values You must run the Setup utility to reset the date time passwords and other changes you may have made to the BIOS settings If you do not wish to customize your BIOS settings you do not need to run the Setup utility If you simply wish to reset the date and time see Windows Help for ins...

Страница 884: ...t work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity cellophane wrappers for example Removing the Cover If you remove the cover immediately after you shut down your computer the components may be too hot to touch Wait until the internal parts of the system unit cool down before you attempt to remove the cover 1 Push down on the two projections at the rear o...

Страница 885: ... cover 8 Connect all peripheral devices and AC power and then turn on the computer Adding Memory The computer has two memory slots For memory upgrades use only 3 3V unbuffered 4 clock 64 bit 100 MHz SDRAM DIMM modules To install memory Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer See Notes on Use in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide 1 Shut down you...

Страница 886: ...eplacing the Lithium Battery After several years when the lithium battery starts to weaken the system settings stored in CMOS RAM such as the date and time may be wrong When this occurs you need to replace the lithium battery To replace the lithium battery 1 Write down any changes you have made to the settings in the BIOS Setup utility If you have not made any changes to the BIOS settings proceed ...

Страница 887: ...formation Guide 6 Replace the cover The values stored in the CMOS memory are now reset to the factory default values You must run the Setup utility to reset the date time passwords and other changes you may have made to the BIOS settings If you do not wish to customize your BIOS settings you do not need to run the Setup utility If you simply wish to reset the date and time see Windows Help for ins...

Страница 888: ...t work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity cellophane wrappers for example Removing the Cover If you remove the cover immediately after you shut down your computer the components may be too hot to touch Wait until the internal parts of the system unit cool down before you attempt to remove the cover 1 Push down on the two projections at the rear o...

Страница 889: ... cover 8 Connect all peripheral devices and AC power and then turn on the computer Adding Memory The computer has two memory slots For memory upgrades use only 3 3V unbuffered 4 clock 64 bit 100 MHz SDRAM DIMM modules To install memory Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer See Notes on Use in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide 1 Shut down you...

Страница 890: ...eplacing the Lithium Battery After several years when the lithium battery starts to weaken the system settings stored in CMOS RAM such as the date and time may be wrong When this occurs you need to replace the lithium battery To replace the lithium battery 1 Write down any changes you have made to the settings in the BIOS Setup utility If you have not made any changes to the BIOS settings proceed ...

Страница 891: ...formation Guide 6 Replace the cover The values stored in the CMOS memory are now reset to the factory default values You must run the Setup utility to reset the date time passwords and other changes you may have made to the BIOS settings If you do not wish to customize your BIOS settings you do not need to run the Setup utility If you simply wish to reset the date and time see Windows Help for ins...

Страница 892: ...t work in a carpeted area and do not handle materials that produce or hold static electricity cellophane wrappers for example Removing the Cover If you remove the cover immediately after you shut down your computer the components may be too hot to touch Wait until the internal parts of the system unit cool down before you attempt to remove the cover 1 Push down on the two projections at the rear o...

Страница 893: ... cover 8 Connect all peripheral devices and AC power and then turn on the computer Adding Memory The computer has two memory slots For memory upgrades use only 3 3V unbuffered 4 clock 64 bit 100 MHz SDRAM DIMM modules To install memory Make sure you observe the proper safety precautions when you add DIMMs to your Sony computer See Notes on Use in the VAIO Consumer Information Guide 1 Shut down you...

Страница 894: ...eplacing the Lithium Battery After several years when the lithium battery starts to weaken the system settings stored in CMOS RAM such as the date and time may be wrong When this occurs you need to replace the lithium battery To replace the lithium battery 1 Write down any changes you have made to the settings in the BIOS Setup utility If you have not made any changes to the BIOS settings proceed ...

Страница 895: ...formation Guide 6 Replace the cover The values stored in the CMOS memory are now reset to the factory default values You must run the Setup utility to reset the date time passwords and other changes you may have made to the BIOS settings If you do not wish to customize your BIOS settings you do not need to run the Setup utility If you simply wish to reset the date and time see Windows Help for ins...

Страница 896: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Страница 897: ...mporary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happ...

Страница 898: ...lso purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date in...

Страница 899: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Страница 900: ...space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power ...

Страница 901: ...y Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on ...

Страница 902: ...d envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty s...

Страница 903: ... and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and fre...

Страница 904: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Страница 905: ...mporary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happ...

Страница 906: ...lso purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date in...

Страница 907: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Страница 908: ...space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power ...

Страница 909: ...y Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on ...

Страница 910: ...d envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty s...

Страница 911: ... and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and fre...

Страница 912: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Страница 913: ...mporary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happ...

Страница 914: ...lso purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date in...

Страница 915: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Страница 916: ...space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power ...

Страница 917: ...y Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on ...

Страница 918: ...d envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty s...

Страница 919: ... and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and fre...

Страница 920: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Страница 921: ...mporary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happ...

Страница 922: ...lso purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date in...

Страница 923: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Страница 924: ...space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power ...

Страница 925: ...y Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on ...

Страница 926: ...d envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty s...

Страница 927: ... and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and fre...

Страница 928: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Страница 929: ...mporary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happ...

Страница 930: ...lso purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date in...

Страница 931: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Страница 932: ...space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power ...

Страница 933: ...y Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on ...

Страница 934: ...d envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty s...

Страница 935: ... and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and fre...

Страница 936: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Страница 937: ...mporary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happ...

Страница 938: ...lso purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date in...

Страница 939: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Страница 940: ...space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power ...

Страница 941: ...y Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on ...

Страница 942: ...d envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty s...

Страница 943: ... and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and fre...

Страница 944: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Страница 945: ...mporary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happ...

Страница 946: ...lso purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date in...

Страница 947: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Страница 948: ...space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power ...

Страница 949: ...y Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on ...

Страница 950: ...d envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty s...

Страница 951: ... and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and fre...

Страница 952: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Страница 953: ...mporary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happ...

Страница 954: ...lso purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date in...

Страница 955: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Страница 956: ...space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power ...

Страница 957: ...y Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on ...

Страница 958: ...d envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty s...

Страница 959: ... and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and fre...

Страница 960: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Страница 961: ...mporary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happ...

Страница 962: ...lso purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date in...

Страница 963: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Страница 964: ...space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power ...

Страница 965: ...y Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on ...

Страница 966: ...d envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty s...

Страница 967: ... and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and fre...

Страница 968: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Страница 969: ...mporary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happ...

Страница 970: ...lso purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date in...

Страница 971: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Страница 972: ...space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power ...

Страница 973: ...y Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on ...

Страница 974: ...d envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty s...

Страница 975: ... and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and fre...

Страница 976: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Страница 977: ...mporary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happ...

Страница 978: ...lso purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date in...

Страница 979: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Страница 980: ...space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power ...

Страница 981: ...y Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on ...

Страница 982: ...d envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty s...

Страница 983: ... and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and fre...

Страница 984: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Страница 985: ...mporary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happ...

Страница 986: ...lso purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date in...

Страница 987: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Страница 988: ...space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power ...

Страница 989: ...y Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on ...

Страница 990: ...d envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty s...

Страница 991: ... and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and fre...

Страница 992: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Страница 993: ...mporary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happ...

Страница 994: ...lso purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date in...

Страница 995: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Страница 996: ...space of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power ...

Страница 997: ...y Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on ...

Страница 998: ...d envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty s...

Страница 999: ... and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and fre...

Страница 1000: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Страница 1001: ...porary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happe...

Страница 1002: ...so purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date inf...

Страница 1003: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Страница 1004: ...pace of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power o...

Страница 1005: ... Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on t...

Страница 1006: ... envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty se...

Страница 1007: ...and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and free...

Страница 1008: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Страница 1009: ...porary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happe...

Страница 1010: ...so purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date inf...

Страница 1011: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Страница 1012: ...pace of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power o...

Страница 1013: ... Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on t...

Страница 1014: ... envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty se...

Страница 1015: ...and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and free...

Страница 1016: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Страница 1017: ...porary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happe...

Страница 1018: ...so purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date inf...

Страница 1019: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Страница 1020: ...pace of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power o...

Страница 1021: ... Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on t...

Страница 1022: ... envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty se...

Страница 1023: ...and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and free...

Страница 1024: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Страница 1025: ...porary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happe...

Страница 1026: ...so purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date inf...

Страница 1027: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Страница 1028: ...pace of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power o...

Страница 1029: ... Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on t...

Страница 1030: ... envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty se...

Страница 1031: ...and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and free...

Страница 1032: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Страница 1033: ...porary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happe...

Страница 1034: ...so purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date inf...

Страница 1035: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Страница 1036: ...pace of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power o...

Страница 1037: ... Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on t...

Страница 1038: ... envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty se...

Страница 1039: ...and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and free...

Страница 1040: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Страница 1041: ...porary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happe...

Страница 1042: ...so purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date inf...

Страница 1043: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Страница 1044: ...pace of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power o...

Страница 1045: ... Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on t...

Страница 1046: ... envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty se...

Страница 1047: ...and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and free...

Страница 1048: ... or telephone wiring during a lightning storm Never install telephone jacks in wet locations unless the jack is specifically designed for wet locations Never touch uninsulated telephone wire or terminals unless the telephone line has been disconnected at the network interface Use caution when installing or modifying telephone lines Avoid using the modem during an electrical storm Do not use the mo...

Страница 1049: ...porary discontinuance of service may be required If advance notice is not practical the telephone company will notify you as soon as possible Also you will be advised of your right to file a complaint with the FCC if you believe it is necessary The telephone company may make changes in its facilities equipment operations or procedures that could affect the operations of the equipment If this happe...

Страница 1050: ...so purchase accessories for your display that help reduce glare Proper lighting adds to your comfort and work effectiveness Resources Sony provides several support options for your Sony computer When you have questions about your computer and the preinstalled software check these sources for answers in the following sequence Read Me First Contains Frequently Asked Questions the most up to date inf...

Страница 1051: ...ences frequent power fluctuations you may want to purchase a UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply This device contains both a surge protector and a battery backup The surge protector prevents damage to your computer caused by power surges The battery backup safeguards your data during a brief period of power loss The power control button on the front panel does not turn off the system AC power To remove...

Страница 1052: ...pace of at least 8 inches from the back panel of your computer The computer uses high frequency radio signals and may cause interference to radio or TV reception Should this occur relocate the computer a suitable distance away from the set Use only specified peripheral equipment and interface cables otherwise problems may result Do not use cut or damaged connection cables Always switch the power o...

Страница 1053: ... Do not leave the LCD directly facing the sun for a long period of time as it can damage the LCD Do not scratch the LCD or exert pressure on it This could cause malfunction Using the computer in low temperature conditions may produce a residual image on the screen This is not a malfunction When the computer returns to normal temperature the screen returns to normal A residual image may appear on t...

Страница 1054: ... envelope w e provide The credit card w ill only be charged for SONY s list price for the part if the part has not been returned w ithin thirty days See the Specifications provided w ith the Product for information on the type of service to w hich you are entitled If you are entitled to 90 day limited express service then in respect of certain components you may be entitled to express w arranty se...

Страница 1055: ...and to the extent that free technical support for a limited period is provided in w riting as a feature of your Product Prior to placing your call please have available the model and serial number for your Product date of purchase a list of all options installed in your Product and a detailed description of the problem For Product support on line know ledge base frequently asked questions and free...

Отзывы:

Нет отзывов

Похожие инструкции для PCV-L630 - Vaio Slimtop Computer

Бренд: Gateway Страницы: 126

Бренд: M5Stack Страницы: 15

Бренд: Moxa Technologies Страницы: 37

ECS-9740-505M-GTX1050

Бренд: Vecow Страницы: 111

Бренд: Chipsee Страницы: 21

Бренд: Alienware Страницы: 20

Бренд: Vivo Страницы: 8

Бренд: Vivo Страницы: 3

Бренд: HP Страницы: 13

Бренд: Dell Страницы: 36

IdeaCentre 700 Series

Бренд: Lenovo Страницы: 2

ideacentre 620S

Бренд: Lenovo Страницы: 2

IdeaCentre 3015

Бренд: Lenovo Страницы: 1

Бренд: Lenovo Страницы: 11

IdeaCentre 310S-08IGM

Бренд: Lenovo Страницы: 8

ideaCentre H505s

Бренд: Lenovo Страницы: 49

ideaCentre H500s

Бренд: Lenovo Страницы: 51

ideaCentre H500

Бренд: Lenovo Страницы: 51

Бренды по названию

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

Популярные бренды

Загрузить еще бренды